‫‪www.onlinedoctranslator.

com - naisreP ot hsilgnE morf detalsnarT‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪IFTDE SHSI‬‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺐﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬

‫(‪)4 HYDR. FUNC.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Q18‬‬
‫‪TILT‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺐﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﯾﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫‪LIFT‬‬ ‫‪LIFT‬‬
‫‪B4‬‬
‫‪B3‬‬ ‫‪A3‬‬ ‫‪M H1 A1 B1 A2 B2‬‬ ‫‪M2‬‬ ‫‪H3‬‬ ‫‪H2‬‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪Q8‬‬

‫‪Q5‬‬ ‫‪Q4‬‬

‫‪Q11‬‬ ‫‪Q21‬‬ ‫‪Q7‬‬ ‫‪Q6‬‬

‫‪Q3‬‬ ‫‪Q2‬‬

‫‪250‬ﺏ‪ar‬‬

‫ﭖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﯾﻨﺪﻩﻣﺠﻠﺲ‬ ‫ﺗﯽ‬

‫‪03364.wmf‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪71 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪IFTDE SHSI‬‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺐﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬

‫(‪)4 HYDR. FUNC.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Q18‬‬
‫‪TILT‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺐﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﯾﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫‪LIFT‬‬ ‫‪LIFT‬‬
‫‪B4‬‬
‫‪B3‬‬ ‫‪A3‬‬ ‫‪M H1 A1 B1 A2 B2‬‬ ‫‪M2‬‬ ‫‪H3‬‬ ‫‪H2‬‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪Q8‬‬

‫‪Q5‬‬ ‫‪Q4‬‬

‫‪Q11‬‬ ‫‪Q21‬‬ ‫‪Q7‬‬ ‫‪Q6‬‬

‫‪Q3‬‬ ‫‪Q2‬‬

‫‪250‬ﺏ‪ar‬‬

‫ﭖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﯾﻨﺪﻩﻣﺠﻠﺲ‬ ‫ﺗﯽ‬

‫‪03365.wmf‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪72 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪.14‬ﺷﯿﺐ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ‪/‬ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﻣﻌﯿﺎﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﯽ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﻟﯿﻔﺘﺮﺍﮎ ]‪ [B22‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪ A1-X505:17‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ)ﻫﺎﯼ(‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ً‪ 2.6‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ً‪ 0.6‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫–‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﭘﻤﭗ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﯾﺴﺘﻮﺭ ]‪ [T2‬ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﯾﻂﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬

‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪ "A5-X131:37 "OUT.AUX DIRECTION A‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪ "A5-X131:11 "OUT.AUX DIRECTION B‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﯿﻢﭘﯿﭻ ]‪ [Q8‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﺷﯿﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮔﯿﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﯾﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﺧﺘﯿﺎﺭﯼ ﺩﯾﮕﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﯾﺮ ﻧﯿﺰ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪ "A5-X131:38 "OUT.TILT/SIDESHIFT/AUX 1‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﯿﭻﺟﺮﯾﺎﻧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺳﯿﻢ ﭘﯿﭻ ]‪ [Q18‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪73 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪IFTDE SHSI‬‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺐﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬

‫(‪)4 HYDR. FUNC.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Q18‬‬
‫‪TILT‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺐﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﯾﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫‪LIFT‬‬ ‫‪LIFT‬‬
‫‪B4‬‬
‫‪B3‬‬ ‫‪A3‬‬ ‫‪M H1 A1 B1 A2 B2‬‬ ‫‪M2‬‬ ‫‪H3‬‬ ‫‪H2‬‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪Q8‬‬

‫‪Q5‬‬ ‫‪Q4‬‬

‫‪Q11‬‬ ‫‪Q21‬‬ ‫‪Q7‬‬ ‫‪Q6‬‬

‫‪Q3‬‬ ‫‪Q2‬‬

‫‪250‬ﺏ‪ar‬‬

‫ﭖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﯾﻨﺪﻩﻣﺠﻠﺲ‬ ‫ﺗﯽ‬

‫‪03375.wmf‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪74 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪.15‬ﺷﯿﺐ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮ‪/‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﻣﻌﯿﺎﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﯽ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﻟﯿﻔﺘﺮﺍﮎ ]‪ [B22‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪ A1-X505:17‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ً‪2.6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ)ﻫﺎﯼ(‬
‫ﻭﻟﺖﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ً‪ 4.7‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫–‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪ "A5-X131:37 "OUT.AUX DIRECTION A‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪B‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﯾﻂﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫‪ "A5-X131:11 "OUT.AUX DIRECTION‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﯿﻢ‬
‫ﭘﯿﭻ]‪ [Q9‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﮐﺞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﯾﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﺧﺘﯿﺎﺭﯼ ﺩﯾﮕﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﯾﺮ ﻧﯿﺰ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪ "A5-X131:38 "OUT.TILT/SIDESHIFT/AUX 1‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﯿﭻﺟﺮﯾﺎﻧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺳﯿﻢ ﭘﯿﭻ ]‪ [Q18‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪75 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪76 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪IFTDE SHSI‬‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺐﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬

‫(‪)4 HYDR. FUNC.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Q18‬‬
‫‪TILT‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺐﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﯾﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫‪LIFT‬‬ ‫‪LIFT‬‬
‫‪B4‬‬
‫‪B3‬‬ ‫‪A3‬‬ ‫‪M H1 A1 B1 A2 B2‬‬ ‫‪M2‬‬ ‫‪H3‬‬ ‫‪H2‬‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪Q8‬‬

‫‪Q5‬‬ ‫‪Q4‬‬

‫‪Q11‬‬ ‫‪Q21‬‬ ‫‪Q7‬‬ ‫‪Q6‬‬

‫‪Q3‬‬ ‫‪Q2‬‬

‫‪250‬ﺏ‪ar‬‬

‫ﭖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﯾﻨﺪﻩﻣﺠﻠﺲ‬ ‫ﺗﯽ‬

‫‪03371.wmf‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪77 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪.16‬ﺷﯿﻔﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﻣﻌﯿﺎﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﯽ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﻟﯿﻔﺘﺮﺍﮎ ]‪ [B23‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪ A1-X505:3‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ً‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ)ﻫﺎﯼ(‬
‫‪2.6‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ً‪ 0.6‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﯾﮏ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﯿﺎﺭﯼ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﭘﻤﭗ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﯾﺴﺘﻮﺭ ]‪ [T2‬ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﯾﻂﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬

‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪ "A5-X131:37 "OUT.AUX DIRECTION A‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪B‬‬

‫‪ "A5-X131:11 "OUT.AUX DIRECTION‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﯿﻢ‬
‫ﭘﯿﭻ]‪ [Q9‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪ "A5-X131:38 "OUT.TILT/SIDESHIFT/AUX 1‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﯿﻢﭘﯿﭻ ]‪ [Q18‬ﺍﻧﺮﮊﯼ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﯼﻣﯿﻠﻪ ﭘﯿﺴﺘﻮﻥ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪78 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪79 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪IFTDE SHSI‬‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺐﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬

‫(‪)4 HYDR. FUNC.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Q18‬‬
‫‪TILT‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺐﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﯾﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫‪LIFT‬‬ ‫‪LIFT‬‬
‫‪B4‬‬
‫‪B3‬‬ ‫‪A3‬‬ ‫‪M H1 A1 B1 A2 B2‬‬ ‫‪M2‬‬ ‫‪H3‬‬ ‫‪H2‬‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪Q8‬‬

‫‪Q5‬‬ ‫‪Q4‬‬

‫‪Q11‬‬ ‫‪Q21‬‬ ‫‪Q7‬‬ ‫‪Q6‬‬

‫‪Q3‬‬ ‫‪Q2‬‬

‫‪250‬ﺏ‪ar‬‬

‫ﭖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﯾﻨﺪﻩﻣﺠﻠﺲ‬ ‫ﺗﯽ‬

‫‪03379.wmf‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪80 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪.17‬ﺷﯿﻔﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﻣﻌﯿﺎﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﯽ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﻟﯿﻔﺘﺮﺍﮎ ]‪ [B23‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪ A1-X505:3‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ً‪ 2.6‬ﻭﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ)ﻫﺎﯼ(‬
‫ﺑﻪﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ً‪ 4.7‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﯾﮏ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﯿﺎﺭﯼ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﭘﻤﭗ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﯾﺴﺘﻮﺭ ]‪ [T2‬ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﯾﻂﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬

‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪ "A5-X131:37 "OUT.AUX DIRECTION A‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪B‬‬

‫‪ "A5-X131:11 "OUT.AUX DIRECTION‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﯿﻢ‬
‫ﭘﯿﭻ]‪ [Q8‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪ "A5-X131:38 "OUT.TILT/SIDESHIFT/AUX 1‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﯿﻢﭘﯿﭻ ]‪ [Q18‬ﺍﻧﺮﮊﯼ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﯼﻣﯿﻠﻪ ﭘﯿﺴﺘﻮﻥ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪81 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪82 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪IFTDE SHSI‬‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺐﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬

‫(‪)4 HYDR. FUNC.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Q18‬‬
‫‪TILT‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺐﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﯾﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫‪LIFT‬‬ ‫‪LIFT‬‬
‫‪B4‬‬
‫‪B3‬‬ ‫‪A3‬‬ ‫‪M H1 A1 B1 A2 B2‬‬ ‫‪M2‬‬ ‫‪H3‬‬ ‫‪H2‬‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪Q8‬‬

‫‪Q5‬‬ ‫‪Q4‬‬

‫‪Q11‬‬ ‫‪Q21‬‬ ‫‪Q7‬‬ ‫‪Q6‬‬

‫‪Q3‬‬ ‫‪Q2‬‬

‫‪250‬ﺏ‪ar‬‬

‫ﭖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﯾﻨﺪﻩﻣﺠﻠﺲ‬ ‫ﺗﯽ‬

‫‪03377.wmf‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪83 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪.18‬ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺍﺭﮔﻮ‪ ،‬ﺷﯿﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪.12‬ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫–‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ)ﻫﺎﯼ(‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ‪ :1104‬ﮐﺞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﺍﺳﯿﻮﻥ‪ :1259‬ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﺍﺳﯿﻮﻥ‪Ergo cabin up ،‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪ "T2-K1:10 "OUT.)PWM( CABIN TILT UP‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﯿﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﯾﻂﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﯽ]‪ [Q11‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪84 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪85 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪IFTDE SHSI‬‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺐﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬

‫(‪)4 HYDR. FUNC.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Q18‬‬
‫‪TILT‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺐﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﯾﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫‪LIFT‬‬ ‫‪LIFT‬‬
‫‪B4‬‬
‫‪B3‬‬ ‫‪A3‬‬ ‫‪M H1 A1 B1 A2 B2‬‬ ‫‪M2‬‬ ‫‪H3‬‬ ‫‪H2‬‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪Q8‬‬

‫‪Q5‬‬ ‫‪Q4‬‬

‫‪Q11‬‬ ‫‪Q21‬‬ ‫‪Q7‬‬ ‫‪Q6‬‬

‫‪Q3‬‬ ‫‪Q2‬‬

‫‪250‬ﺏ‪ar‬‬

‫ﭖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﯾﻨﺪﻩﻣﺠﻠﺲ‬ ‫ﺗﯽ‬

‫‪03380.wmf‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪86 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪.18‬ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺍﺭﮔﻮ‪ ،‬ﺷﯿﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪.13‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫–‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ)ﻫﺎﯼ(‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ‪ :355‬ﺍﻓﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﮐﺞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭ‬
‫‪:1104‬ﮐﺞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﺍﺳﯿﻮﻥ ‪:1260‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﺍﺳﯿﻮﻥ‪.Ergo cabin down،‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪ "T2-K1:2 "OUT.)PWM( CABIN TILT DOWN‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﯾﻂﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﯿﺮﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﯽ ]‪ [Q21‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪.19‬ﺧﺮﻭﺝ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ)ﻫﺎﯼ(‬
‫–‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﯾﻂﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ‪ 503‬ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪.20‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﯼ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩ‪:‬‬

‫–‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫ﺷﯿﺮﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﯼ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﯿﮑﯽ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ)ﻫﺎﯼ(‬
‫–‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﺍﺯ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺩﺭﯾﭽﻪ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﯼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﯾﻂﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺰﻥﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪87 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪IFTDE SHSI‬‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺐﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬

‫(‪)4 HYDR. FUNC.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Q18‬‬
‫‪TILT‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺐﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﯾﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫‪LIFT‬‬ ‫‪LIFT‬‬
‫‪B4‬‬
‫‪B3‬‬ ‫‪A3‬‬ ‫‪M H1 A1 B1 A2 B2‬‬ ‫‪M2‬‬ ‫‪H3‬‬ ‫‪H2‬‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪Q8‬‬

‫‪Q5‬‬ ‫‪Q4‬‬

‫‪Q11‬‬ ‫‪Q21‬‬ ‫‪Q7‬‬ ‫‪Q6‬‬

‫‪Q3‬‬ ‫‪Q2‬‬

‫‪250‬ﺏ‪ar‬‬

‫ﭖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﯾﻨﺪﻩﻣﺠﻠﺲ‬ ‫ﺗﯽ‬

‫‪03366.wmf‬‬

‫ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﯼ‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪88 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.9‬ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫‪4.9.1‬ﻧﻤﺎﯼ ﮐﻠﯽ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫] [ = ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﯾﮑﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﺸﯽ‪ = {high} .‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 48‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬ﺑﻪﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 0‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ = {‪}low‬‬

‫ﺍﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪﺳﺎﮐﻦ )ﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﯿﮏ( = ‪Power Steering( ESD‬‬
‫‪ ] A2[ )Electronic‬ﺳﺮﻭﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ = ‪( EPS‬ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﯼ) [‪]A1‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺸﮕﺮﻣﺮﮐﺰﯼ = ‪ CID‬ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﯽ )ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ( =‬
‫‪ ]T2[ )AC Hydraulic( CAN‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﯾﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ = ‪AC( ACH‬‬
‫ﮐﺸﺶ) [‪ ]T1‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﯾﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﮐﺸﺸﯽ = ‪ACT‬‬

‫[‪ ]A8‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﯽ )ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ( = ‪GFU‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ= ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﺎﻻﯾﯽ ]‪) [P6‬ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ( )ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ( ‪MCU‬‬
‫= ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ]‪) [A5‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ(‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪﺍﯾﻦ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻩ ‪ CAN‬ﺑﺎ ‪ MCU‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﯾﮏ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ CID.‬ﻭ ‪ LID‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻟﯿﻦ ﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻩ ‪ CAN‬ﻭ ‪ EPS، ACT‬ﻭ ‪ ACH‬ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﻨﺘﺎﮐﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ]‪ [Q10‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ ACT‬ﻭ ‪.ACH‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﺘﺎﮐﺘﻮﺭﮐﻠﯿﺪ ]‪ [K20‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﯿﮑﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪89 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ‪4.9.2 MCU -‬‬

‫ﮊﻧﺮﺍﻝ‬
‫‪.‬ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ CID‬ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﯾﮏ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﯿﺰ ﺩﺭ ‪ MCU‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﯾﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﮐﺸﺸﯽ‪ ،‬ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﯾﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺸﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ ﮐﺪ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻧﯿﺰ ﺩﺭ ‪ CAN‬ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ‪MCU‬‬

‫‪.‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯼﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒﺩﯾﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪MCU‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ‪ TruckCom‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ‪ TruckCom‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﯿﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕﺳﯿﺴﺘﻤﯽ‬
‫‪.‬ﺑﯿﻦﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ CAN‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﯾﮏ ﻫﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ‪ CAN2‬ﻭ ‪ CAN1‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ‪MCU‬‬
‫‪.‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ (‪ ACH‬ﻭ ‪ )ACT‬ﻭ ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ (‪ )EPS‬ﺳﺮﻭﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ‪ MCU،‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﯿﻦ‬
‫‪. CAN2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ (‪ LID‬ﻭ ‪ )CID‬ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺸﮕﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ‪ MCU‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﯿﻦ‬
‫‪CAN1‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪90 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.9.3‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﯼ ‪ACT/ACH‬‬

‫ﮊﻧﺮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﯼﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﯾﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﯼ ﯾﮏ ‪ LED‬ﺳﺒﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﯿﺖ ‪ OK‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ‪،‬‬
‫‪ LED‬ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﮎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺭﮔﻼﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﯼﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﯾﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﯼﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﯾﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ‪ ،CAN‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ‪ ،DC‬ﺩﻣﺎﯼ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻣﺎﯼ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﯾﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ‪ CAN‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ MCU‬ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺪ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ‪ CID‬ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﯾﮏ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﯾﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺯﺩﻥ ‪ LED‬ﻧﯿﺰ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﯼﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﯾﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ TruckCom‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ‪ CAN‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺭﯾﺰﯼﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪4.9.4‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥﺑﺎ ﺗﺴﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻭ ﻏﯿﺮﻩ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪91 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.9.5‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ "ﺧﺮﻭﺝ" ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﮐﻨﺘﺎﮐﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﺘﺎﮐﺘﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﯿﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﻨﺘﺎﮐﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﯾﺴﺘﻮﺭ ‪ ACT‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﯼ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﮐﻨﺘﺎﮐﺘﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬
‫ﮐﻤﯽﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﯾﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﯿﮏ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻨﺘﺎﮐﺘﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﯿﺪ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪4.9.6‬ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺍﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﯿﺪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﺪﻟﯽ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﯾﻤﻨﯽ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮﺻﻨﺪﻟﯽ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﯾﻤﻨﯽ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪ CID‬ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﻫﯿﭻ ﺟﻬﺘﯽ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺶ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺭﻧﮕﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﮔﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﯾﻤﻨﯽ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ ﯾﺎ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏﻭ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ MCU ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ ACT‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬
‫ﺳﻪﻓﺎﺯ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﮎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﯾﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺷﺪﯾﺪ ﺭﻭﯼ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻼﯾﻢ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲﺍﺯ ﺭﻫﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﮔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺑﯿﺸﺘﺮﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﯽ ﺑﯿﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻘﺐﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﯽ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﮐﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﯼ‪ ،‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻘﺐﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﯼ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﯽ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﯽ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪92 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/16:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺟﻬﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﯼ ﺳﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ 50‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﯿﻦ ‪ 50‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﯼ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻪﺟﺰء ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﯿﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﯿﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﯿﮑﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﯾﮕﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﯼ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﯼ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯿﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﯿﺮﻭﯼ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﮑﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﯿﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٪5‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﭘﺪﺍﻝﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﯼ ﺩﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ‪ MCU‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﯾﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﯾﮑﺪﯾﮕﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺑﯿﻦ ‪ 4.75 - 0.25‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﯾﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﯿﮑﯽ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ -‬ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ًﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﯾﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ًﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎﯼﺑﺎﺯﻭﯼ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ MCU‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﺧﻄﺎﯾﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﯼ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺗﺸﺨﯿﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﯽ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﯼ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪93 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺳﺮﯼ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ )ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺖﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﺤﺮﮎ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻝ‪/‬ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰﺍﺕ‬

‫)ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(‬

‫ﺑﺎﺑﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺑﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪9.5‬‬ ‫‪9.5‬‬ ‫‪9.5‬‬ ‫‪9.5‬‬ ‫ﭘﻠﺘﻔﺮﻡ‪A‬‬
‫ﭘﻠﺖﻓﺮﻡ ‪ B‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﯾﯽ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫‪9.5-11‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪9.5-11‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫('‪)Par 1101 = '0‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﯾﯽ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ )‪'1‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫= ‪('Par 1101‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﯾﯽ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ )‪'1‬‬
‫= ‪('Par 1101‬‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ )‪('Par 1113 = '1‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺳﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﯿﻂ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺳﻔﺮ ﻧﯿﺰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﯾﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫• ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ – ﮐﺪ ﺧﻄﺎ ‪x:1xx‬‬

‫• ﺧﻄﺎ – ﮐﺪﻫﺎﯼ ﺧﻄﺎ ‪ x:2xx‬ﺗﺎ ‪x:4:xx‬‬
‫• ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﯾﮋﻩ ‪ -‬ﺳﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ MCU‬ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ ﺍﯾﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ‪ 206 ،205‬ﻭ ‪ 207‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺮﻋﺘﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ‬
‫ﯾﮏﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪94 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.9.7 OTP‬‬
‫ﯾﮏﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺟﻤﻌﯽ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪OPT‬ﺍﻟﻒﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﺍﯾﻦ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ -‬ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪-‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ -‬ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ‬
‫‪-‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ -‬ﺗﻘﺴﯿﻢ ﺩﮐﻞ‬
‫‪-‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﯾﺎ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪-‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﻪ‬

‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ -‬ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ 1115‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﺍﺳﯿﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ‪ 0‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﯽ ﭼﺮﺧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ -‬ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺑﯿﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪1116‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﺍﺳﯿﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪/‬ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ -‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮﺩﮐﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﯾﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ‪ 6‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 1118‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮﯼﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺑﯿﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﯾﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 1114‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 347‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ 348‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﻣﯽﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﺭﻭﯼ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪1117‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪95 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.9.8‬ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﯾﻦﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﯼ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺘﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﭘﺎﻟﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﯾﮏﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ CID‬ﻣﯽ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺍﯾﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﯾﮏ ﭘﯿﺎﻡ ‪ CAN‬ﺑﻪ ‪ MCU‬ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ MCU‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻭﺍﺭﯾﺎﻧﺲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺗﺒﺪﯾﻞ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﯾﮏﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ EPS‬ﻣﯽ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭﭘﺎﻟﺲ ﯾﮏ ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﻗﻠﻮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﺎﻟﺲ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ CID‬ﺩﺭﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﯾﮏ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﻌﯿﻦ ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺮﺳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﮐﺪ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦﻧﻈﺎﺭﺗﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﯿﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﭘﺎﻟﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻏﯿﺮﻋﺎﺩﯼﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﻢ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﮐﺎﺕ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﯼ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺎﺕ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺥﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﮐﺎﺕ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬

‫ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﯾﮏ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺑﯿﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻌﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﯿﺮ‬
‫ﺍﯾﻦﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﯾﮏ ﮐﺪ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﮐﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻌﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﯿﺮ ﺍﯾﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽﺳﺮﻭﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﯽ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ‪ 0‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﯿﺮ ﺍﯾﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﮐﺪﺧﻄﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪96 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ‪ 180‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ‪ 360‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪.‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﻪ ﻧﯿﻢ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ‪ 90‬ﻭ ‪ 270‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫‪MCU‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ‪ ،‬ﺁﺧﺮﯾﻦ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﯾﮏ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﯾﮕﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ‪ 180‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺭﻭﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻭﺍﯾﺎﯼ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ‪ ± 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﻪ ‪ 180‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﯿﻦ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎﻝﺍﯾﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﯾﮏ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﻭﻟﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺯﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﯾﮏ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﺭﺍﻧﺲﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺩﺭﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﯾﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ًﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﮐﺪ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺣﯿﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﯿﭻﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﯽ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﯾﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻄﺐﻧﻤﺎ ﮔﻞ ﺭﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﯼ ‪ CID‬ﯾﮏ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻓﻠﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﺟﻬﺘﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﯼ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺶ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻗﻄﺐ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﺤﺮﮎ‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪97 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.9.9‬ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ‬
‫ﺍﯾﻦﺑﺨﺶ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺎﺭﯾﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﯼ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﯼ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﯽ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﯾﮏ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺧﮏﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﯾﯽ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻓﺰﺍﯾﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﯼ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﯼ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﯽﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﯿﺰﺍﻥﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﯾﺎ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡﻣﻘﺎﺩﯾﺮ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ‪ CAN‬ﺍﺯ ‪ CID‬ﺑﻪ ‪ MCU‬ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻟﯽﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺑﯽ ﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬

‫ﺩﮐﻞﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﮐﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺴﻮﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﯿﻦ ﺩﻟﯿﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﮐﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﻃﻤﯿﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ‪ 0.3‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 4.7‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﯾﮑﯽ ﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺷﮑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺑﻞﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪98 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﺑﻪﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺗﺸﺨﯿﺺ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺍﺯ ﯾﮏ ﻣﻘﯿﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‪ [B26]،‬ﻭ ]‪ [B27‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﯾﮏ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫• ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﯿﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ‪ 0.3‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 4.7‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﯾﮑﯽ ﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺷﮑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻭ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺩﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎﻟﯽ ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﺍﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﯿﺮﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻭﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ‪ 381 - 380‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‪ 388 - 387‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﺍﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﺁﯾﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪﯾﺎ ﺧﯿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﯽ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻮﯾﺖﺑﯿﺸﺘﺮﯼ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﯾﮏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺴﻮﺭ ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﯾﻦ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﯽ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ‪ CID‬ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﻫﺎﯼﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﯼ« ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ‪ 5‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﯾﻦ ﻣﺪﺕ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺑﻌﺪﯼ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺑﯿﺎﯾﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﯾﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﯾﻦﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻟﻐﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺍﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪99 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊﮐﻤﮑﯽ‪/‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ )ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ(‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﯾﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﯾﺮ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻫﺎﯼ‬
‫ﮐﻤﮑﯽﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.AUX :‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺩﯾﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﯼ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﻩ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﯿﺐﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺷﯿﺐﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻟﯿﻦ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﮐﻤﮑﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮﯾﮏ ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﯿﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯾﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ‪ LED‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺏ )ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ(‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺧﺶﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﯽ‬
‫• ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﯼ‪ :‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪1111‬‬
‫• ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﺍﺳﯿﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪1264‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺧﺶﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﺷﯿﺐ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺷﯿﺐ ﻭ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪﻧﯿﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﯽ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬

‫‪.‬ﺍﺯﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﮐﻤﮑﯽ ﺩﯾﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪Sideshift‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮﯾﮏ ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ‪ LED‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺏ‬
‫)ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ( ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﯼ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﯼ‬
‫• ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﯼ‪ :‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪1110‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﻭ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﻧﯿﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﯼ‬
‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻭ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﺴﮑﻮﭘﯽ‬
‫ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﻠﺴﮑﻮﭘﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﮐﻤﮑﯽ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﮐﻤﮑﯽ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪4‬ﺗﺎ ‪100‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.10‬ﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬

‫‪4.10.1‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺍﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﯿﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫‪1103‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )‪ (HPS‬ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﯼ‪ CID‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 3‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪4.10.2‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭ ‪ CID‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﺯﯾﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺩ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩﮔﺬﺍﺭﯼ‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬

‫‪4.10.3‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻧﮓ‪ CID‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﯾﮏ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻄﺤﯽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﯾﺰﯼ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺯﻧﮓﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﯿﺎﺑﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪101 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.10.4‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ‪ -‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﯾﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﻫﺮ ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪﻫﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ‪ 200‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ‪،511‬ﭘﯿﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﯼ ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﯾﺮﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﯾﺮ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ /‬ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬

‫‪200‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻧﻤﺎﯾﺸﮕﺮﻫﺎﯼ ‪ CID‬ﻭ ‪ ،LID‬ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ "‪ "aa:nnn‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ‬

‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪،‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ "‪ "aa‬ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭ ﻭ "‪ "nnn‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺩﯾﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﯾﮏ ﯾﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭ ﻭ ﯾﮏ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪102 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.10.5‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﯿﺪ ‪ CID‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﯾﮏ ﺳﻄﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﯼ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﯿﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ ﻭ ﺑﯿﻦ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺩﻫﯿﺪ ﺑﯿﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0.5‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ً‪ 0.5‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﯾﮏ ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﯾﮏ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ )‪ (I‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭ ﺟﺪﯾﺪﯼ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬ﻫﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﯾﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫‪--:---‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ‬
‫‪--:---‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ‪ 4‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ )ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ 0.5‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ(‬
‫‪--:14‬‬ ‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪﺳﺒﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ )‪ (I‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ )ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ 0.5‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ(‬

‫‪--:14‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ‪ 9‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ‬

‫‪14:9‬‬ ‫‪0.5‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﺻﺒﺮ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 9‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪103 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.10.6‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﯾﺰﯼ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻧﻮﯾﺴﯽ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 510‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻠﯿﺪ‪ CAN/TruckCom‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﯾﯽﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪ 200‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﯼ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﯼ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 9‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﯿﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺯﺍﯾﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ ،i‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ CID‬ﮐﺎﺩﺭﯼ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺯﯾﺮ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﯾﺰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﯾﺰﯼ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﯾﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﻌﻼﻭﻩ‪/‬ﻣﻨﻔﯽ ﯾﺎ ﻋﺪﺩﯼ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪﺳﺒﺰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ‪ 378‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪/‬ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﯾﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﯼ ﭘﯿﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﯾﺰﯼ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰﺭﻧﮓ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﻭﺍﺭﯾﺰ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﯾﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ‪378‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﯾﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﯾﮏ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺁﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﯾﺴﯽ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ C‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪104 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.10.7‬ﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ‪TruckCom‬‬

‫ﭘﯿﺶﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ‪ TruckCom‬ﻧﯿﺰ ﻣﺪﯾﺮﯾﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﯽ ﯾﺎ ‪ PDA‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻪﺍﯾﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﯿﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﯾﮏ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﺑﺎﯾﮕﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪4.10.8‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‪/‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﮐﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ‪،341‬‬
‫‪ 377 - 371،342‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺭﺍﻣﯽﻭ ﺩﻗﯿﻖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﻧﺰﺩﯾﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﯼ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺗﻌﺮﯾﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬

‫‪341‬‬

‫‪376‬‬
‫‪374‬‬
‫‪371‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺩ‬ ‫‪372‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﯼ‬
‫‪373‬‬

‫‪342‬‬
‫‪375‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‪htarg:،‬‬ ‫‪:341‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‪ :342 ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ‪v ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‪ :‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﻫﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﺩﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‪:‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻧﺰﺩﯾﮑﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ‪375/376‬‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪،‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ‪،373/374‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺗﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺰﺷﯽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻧﺰﺩﯾﮑﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻪﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ‪ 371/372‬ﺗﻌﺮﯾﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺧﺰﺵ‪/‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺑﯿﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﯼ ﺗﻌﺮﯾﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 377‬ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﯼ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﮐﺪ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺯﯾﺮﺍ ‪ CID‬ﯾﮏ ﺻﺪﺍﯼ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪105 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.10.9‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﯾﮑﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﯾﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﯾﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﯼ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ‪ 14.8.3‬ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﺍﺳﯿﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﯾﻦ ﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﯼ ﻏﯿﺮﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﮑﺎﺕﺯﯾﺮ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺢ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .1 :‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬

‫ﺧﺰﺵﺭﺍ ‪ 100‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪.(373‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﯾﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ‪ 100‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺯﯾﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺰﺵﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﺰﺵ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ (371‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺑﺮﺳﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺗﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ )‪ (C‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ًﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺑﯿﺎﻭﺭﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ‪ 500‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ (375‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﯿﺎﻭﺭﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺰﺵ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ (373‬ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﯿﻦﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ‪ 6 - 4‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﯾﺞ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺳﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﯾﺪﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺰﺷﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﺷﯿﻪ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﮕﯿﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﯾﻦﺭﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‬

‫ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ )‪ 374 ،372‬ﻭ ‪.(376‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪106 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.11‬ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ‪6000‬‬

‫‪4.11.1‬ﮐﻠﯽ‬
‫ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻤﭙﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﮑﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﯿﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﯽﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺮﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﻭ ﺩﮐﻞ ﺗﻮﺯﯾﻊ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﻭ ﺩﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ‬
‫ﭘﻤﭗﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪4.11.2‬ﻣﺨﺰﻥ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎ ً‪ 25‬ﻟﯿﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﯿﮏ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺎﯼ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﯾﮑﯽ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺮﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﯽ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﯽ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬ﻫﯿﭻ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮﯼ ﺑﯿﻦ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪4.11.3‬ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﯽ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﯽ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﯽ‬
‫ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﯿﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﻭ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺑﺴﯿﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﯾﮏ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ‪ 10‬ﻣﯿﮑﺮﻭﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺑﺎﯼ ﭘﺲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻤﺎ ًﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﮔﯿﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍﯼ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖﺯﺩﺍﯾﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﯾﻦ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﯿﻔﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﮐﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺳﺮﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﮔﯿﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﯽ ﻭﯾﮋﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﮔﯿﺮﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻓﯿﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﮔﯿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪107 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.11.4‬ﭘﻤﭗ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ‬
‫ﭘﻤﭗﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﯼ )ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ( ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻤﺎ ًﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﯾﮑﯽﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺁﯾﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻓﻠﺰﯼ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻧﯿﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭﯼ ﺑﺴﯿﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺑﯽ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﯾﻂ ﺳﺨﺘﮕﯿﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﯼ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺍﯾﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ‬
‫ﻧﯿﺎﺯﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﻧﯿﺎﯾﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪4.11.5‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ‬

‫ﺑﻠﻮﮎﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﮎﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺭﻭﯼ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻮﮎ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬ﯾﮑﯽ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪ RRE‬ﻭ ﺩﯾﮕﺮﯼ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪.RRE Ergo‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺮﺍﺻﻠﯽ ‪RRE Ergo‬‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺮﺍﺻﻠﯽ ‪RRE‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﯾﭽﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺩﺭﯾﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﯾﮏ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻌﯿﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ‪،‬ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﯼ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﻫﺎ‪/‬ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻼﯾﺪﻫﺎﯼﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﯽ ﺑﻠﻮﮎ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﻧﯿﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﯿﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ DV1‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻠﻮﮎ‬
‫ﺷﯿﺮﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ‪ 25‬ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﮑﺎﻝ )‪ 250‬ﺑﺎﺭ( ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻓﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻟﻄﻒ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﯽ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻭ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﯿﺎﺯﯼ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻮﮎ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ DV1‬ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﮐﻪﺭﻭﯼ ‪ 25‬ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﮑﺎﻝ )‪ 250‬ﺑﺎﺭ( ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﻭ )ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ( ﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ DV2‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ DV3‬ﻧﯿﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﯼ ‪ 15‬ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﮑﺎﻝ )‪ 150‬ﺑﺎﺭ( ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪108 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﺍﺳﯿﻮﻥﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬

‫ﺩﺭﯾﭽﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ‪ Q4‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪ ،Q5‬ﻭ ﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺍﺻﻠﯽ ‪ Q2‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪ Q3‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﻬﯿﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﯿﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺩﺭﯾﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﯼ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪﻩ ‪ Q4‬ﻭ ‪ ،Q5‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ "‪ "Service‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪ CID‬ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﺍﺳﯿﻮﻥ ﺷﯿﺮ" ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 39-14‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥﮐﻤﺘﺮﯾﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺩﺭﯾﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﯼ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ‪ Q4‬ﻭ ‪ Q5‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﯿﺰ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﯿﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ" ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 19-15‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ‪ Q2‬ﻭ ‪ ،Q3‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﯿﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺴﯿﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺮﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﯼ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻻﯼ ﺑﻠﻮﮎ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﯾﮏ ﺷﯿﺮ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﯼ )ﻓﻠﺶ( ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺩﮐﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻭ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﯿﺮ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﯼ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺮﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﯼ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﯾﮏ ﭘﯿﭻ ﺁﻟﻦ ‪ 3‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﺘﺮﯼ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﯼ‪ ،‬ﭘﯿﭻ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ‪ ½1‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﯿﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭘﯿﭻ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ‪ 2.5‬ﻧﯿﻮﺗﻦ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻠﻮﮎﺷﯿﺮ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﯾﮏ ﺑﻠﻮﮎ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺩﺭ ﯾﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺷﯿﺐ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺷﯿﺐ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻏﯿﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﯾﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﮎ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺷﯿﺮ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﯾﮏ ﯾﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﯾﮏﺑﻠﻮﮎ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﺩﺭ ﯾﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﯾﮏ ﯾﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺮﻗﺮﻩ ﺷﻠﻨﮓ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪109 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.11.6‬ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﯼﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬
‫ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﯼﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﮏ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﯿﺴﺘﻮﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﯿﻠﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﯿﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﯾﮏ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
‫ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏﮐﻞ ﻣﯿﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺳﺘﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﯾﯽ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﺪﯼ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﺸﺘﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﺘﯿﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﯾﯽﺭﺥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﭘﯿﺴﺘﻮﻧﯽ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﯾﯽﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ‪ ،‬ﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﯼ ﻭ‬

‫ﺷﯿﺐﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ‪ ،‬ﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﯼ ﻭ ﺷﯿﺐ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻣﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻡ ﭘﯿﺴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪110 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.11.7‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ‬

‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺴﻮﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ‪ Q3/Q5‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﺮﯾﺞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻤﭗ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﯽ ‪ Q3‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ‪ Q5‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺁﯾﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺴﻮﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫ﺑﻠﻮﮎﺷﯿﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﯼ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﻭ ﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ )‪ (Q2‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩ)‪ (Q3‬ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪ Q3‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪.Q2‬‬

‫ﺑﻪﺭﻭﺷﯽ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ‪ Q4‬ﻭ ‪ Q5‬ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪Q4‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭﯾﭽﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪ ،Q5‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﺮﻣﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ‪ Q2/Q4‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﺮﯾﺞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‪ ،‬ﭘﻤﭗ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ‪ Q2‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ‪ Q4‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺁﯾﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻪﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺮﺳﯿﺪ‬

‫ﺷﯿﺮﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ‪ Q6/Q7‬ﯾﮏ ﺷﯿﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﯾﯽ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ ،IN‬ﭘﻤﭗ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪ Q6‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ ،OUT‬ﭘﻤﭗ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪ Q7‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﯿﺎﺑﯽ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﯾﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﯼ ‪ Q6‬ﻭ ‪Q7‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﺉﯿﭻﺣﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ DV2‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ‪ 15‬ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﮑﺎﻝ )‪ 150‬ﺑﺎﺭ(‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ OUT‬ﺑﯿﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ ،IN‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫‪ DV1‬ﺑﻪ ‪ 25‬ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﮑﺎﻝ )‪ 250‬ﺑﺎﺭ( ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪111 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ ﻟﯿﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺭﯾﭻ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺷﺮﺍﯾﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻞ ﻭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﯾﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎﯼ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ Q2/Q3‬ﻭ ‪ Q6/Q7‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪4.11.8‬ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯼﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪ Q8/Q9‬ﻏﯿﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻠﻮﮎ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ‪ Q8‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﻤﭗ ‪ P‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ A1‬ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ B1‬ﺑﻪ ‪) T‬ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ(‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ‪ Q9‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﻤﭗ ‪ P‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ B1‬ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ A1‬ﺑﻪ ‪) T‬ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ( ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﯾﮑﯽ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪4.11.9‬ﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ )‪(RRE Ergo‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺐﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﯾﮏ ﺷﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ Q11/Q21 ،‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ )ﮐﺞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ( ﭘﻤﭗ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ‪ Q11‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ‪ Q21 ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢﺍﻭﻟﻮﯾﺖ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ‬
‫ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢﺍﻭﻟﻮﯾﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﯾﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺩﮐﻞ ﺍﻭﻟﻮﯾﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺩﮐﻞ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻋﺎﺩﯼ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻭﻟﻮﯾﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺷﯿﺐ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ‪ Q11/Q21‬ﻫﺪﺍﯾﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ‪ Q11/Q21‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ Q11/Q21‬ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻭﻟﻮﯾﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﯼﮐﻪ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺩﮐﻞ ‪ Q2/Q3‬ﻣﯽ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ‪ Q2/Q3‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﯾﺎ ﺳﯿﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ Q2/Q3‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﯼ ﺷﯿﺮ ﮐﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ DV1‬ﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﯿﺮ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪112 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺐﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ )‪ (RRE Ergo‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﯿﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺣﯿﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﻫﻤﯿﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﯼ ﮐﺞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺧﺶﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﯽ ﺭﻭﯼ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﺧﻮﺩ ﯾﻌﻨﯽ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﯽﮔﯿﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮ!‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮﺧﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﯿﺪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡﮐﺞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻤﺉﻦ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﯿﭻ ﮐﺲ‪/‬ﭼﯿﺰﯼ ﭘﺸﺖ ﯾﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﯾﮏ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻤﭗ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ‪ Q21‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮﻕ ﯾﺎ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﮐﺞ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﯿﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺭﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮐﺞ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﯾﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﯿﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﯽ‪ Q21 ،‬ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﮐﺞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﯼﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﯿﺴﯽ ‪ Q21‬ﯾﮏ ﭘﯿﭻ ﺁﻟﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﯿﭻ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﯼ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ Q21‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﯿﮑﯽ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪113 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.12‬ﻣﺎﺳﺖ ‪7000‬‬

‫‪4.12.1‬ﺩﮐﻞ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ‬

‫ﺩﮐﻞﻭ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﯼ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﯽﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺐ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﻭ ﺩﮐﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﯼ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ‪ ،‬ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺩﮐﻞ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﮐﻞ ﺟﺎﯾﮕﺰﯾﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻓﻨﯽ ‪ TMHE‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﮐﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪114 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.13‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬

‫‪4.13.1‬ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﻓﻮﺭﮎ‬
‫ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﺣﺠﯿﻢ ﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﯾﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺧﮏﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰﺉﯿﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﯼ ﭘﻼﮎ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﯾﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ًﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﭘﺎﯾﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺍﯾﻤﻦ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ ﯾﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﺳﯿﺐ ﺩﯾﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﮐﺜﯿﻒ ﯾﺎ ﯾﺦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﯾﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﯾﺮﯾﻦ ﭘﺦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﯽ ﺑﺼﺮﯼ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻪ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪4.13.2‬ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﺴﮑﻮﭘﯽ‬
‫ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝﻫﺎﯼ ‪ KOOI‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﯾﮋﻩ ‪ Meijer‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻠﻨﺪ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﯽ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ 56‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﻞﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﻠﺴﮑﻮﭘﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﯼ ﯾﮏ ﭘﻼﮎ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﯾﯽ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻭﯼ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻨﯽﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﯼ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﻠﺴﮑﻮﭘﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﯾﮏ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﯽ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﯾﻦ‬
‫ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﯽ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻤﯿﺰﯼ ‪ISO 4406 17/12‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺧﮏﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﻠﺴﮑﻮﭘﯽ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ‪ ISO 5057‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﯾﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﯼ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ(‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﯿﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﯽ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﯼ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ "ﺗﯿﻐﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻫﺎﯼ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ" ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﯾﺮﺍ‬
‫ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﻧﺒﺎﯾﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺳﺎﯾﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﯿﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪115 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﯼﭘﻼﮎ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﻠﺴﮑﻮﭘﯽ ﯾﮏ ‪ L‬ﻭ ﯾﮏ ‪ R‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﯼ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﯽ‬
‫ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﯼ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎﮔﯿﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺷﮑﺎﻑ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﯿﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﯾﮏ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺗﻮﺯﯾﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﯿﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﻠﺴﮑﻮﭘﯽ ‪ 20‬ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﮑﺎﻝ )‪ 200‬ﺑﺎﺭ( ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪116 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.14‬ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ‪9000‬‬

‫‪4.14.1‬ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﺍﺩﯾﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺳﯽ ﺩﯼ‪/‬ﺭﺍﺩﯾﻮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺳﻘﻔﯽ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺑﺎﻻﯼ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮔﯿﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩﺳﯽ ﺩﯼ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﯼ "ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﯽ" ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪ mp3‬ﻭ ‪wma‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﯾﮏ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺉﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪4.14.2‬ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫ﺍﯾﻦﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﯿﺸﺘﺮﯼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺗﺎﺭﯾﮏ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﮐﻞ )‪ 2‬ﻻﻣﭗ( ﯾﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﺤﺮﮎ )‪2‬‬
‫ﻻﻣﭗ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﯾﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ‪ 4‬ﻻﻣﭗ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺭﻭﯼ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎﻻﯼ ﺳﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﯿﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺴﻮﻝ ﺳﻘﻔﯽ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎﻻﯼ ﺳﺮ ‪ 130‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪117 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.14.3‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ /‬ﺯﻧﮓ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﯾﮏﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﯼ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﯼ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﺳﻘﻔﯽ ﺑﺎﻻﯼ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺳﻘﻔﯽ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﮐﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎﻻﯼ ﺳﺮ ‪ 118‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺭﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 1112‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﯿﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻻﻣﭗ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 115‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 106‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪4.14.4‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻓﯿﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ )ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ( ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎﻻﯼ ﺳﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫• ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 1109‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﯿﻨﯿﺪ‬

‫• ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﯿﺪ ‪ CID‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﮐﻠﯿﺪ ‪ 1‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﯿﺪ ‪ 7‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﭼﭗ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺎﻑ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ‪ 10‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﯾﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪118 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪119 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.14.5‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﯼ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎﻟﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﻌﯿﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍﺩﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﯾﺰﯼ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 1108‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﯿﻨﯿﺪ‬

‫• ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭﺁﯾﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 114‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 105‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪120 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.14.6‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪/-‬ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﻠﻮﯾﺰﯾﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺗﺴﻬﯿﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﯾﺰﯾﻮﻥﻣﺘﺸﮑﻞ ﺍﺯ ﯾﮏ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﯿﻦ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﯾﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺭﻧﮕﯽ ‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﯾﻨﭽﯽﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮔﯿﺮﺩ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫~ ‪35‬‬
‫‪0‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﻧﯿﺘﻮﺭﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ‪ 12‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﯼ ﻣﺤﯿﻄﯽ ‪ 0‬ﺗﺎ ‪ +60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﯿﮏ ﻭ ﺍﭘﺘﯿﮏ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﯿﻦ ﺩﺭ ﯾﮏ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﯿﻨﯿﻮﻣﯽ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾﻟﻨﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻨﺰ ﺩﯾﮕﺮﯼ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻧﯽ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﯼ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﯿﮑﯽ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﮑﻦ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﻧﯿﺎﺯﯼ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮﺍﺕﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﯼ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 70‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯿﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﯿﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺸﮕﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﮏ ﺭﻧﮓ )‪ (B/W‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪121 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ‪:‬‬

‫ﻡ‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫‪D‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺯ ﻣﯿﻼﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬

‫ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ‪ /‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺯ‬

‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ‪/‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﯿﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ‪/‬ﺳﻮﺉﯿﭻ ﺑﯿﻦ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ﻫﺎﯼ ‪ AV1‬ﻭ ‪AV2‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ‪/‬ﻣﻨﻮﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﯿﺘﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ /‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﯾﻪ‬ ‫‪D‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺩﺍﺭﺍﯼ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ ﺯﯾﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺛﯿﺮﻣﯽ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪﻣﻨﻮ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ‪100-1‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖﺍﺯ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪100‬‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺷﺪﺕﺭﻧﮓ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪100‬‬ ‫ﺭﻧﮓ‬

‫ﻫﻤﻪﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﯾﺮ ﭘﯿﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﯿﺶﻓﺮﺽ‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢﻧﻮﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﯿﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪100‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﯿﻨﻪ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﯿﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ AV1 ،‬ﯾﺎ ‪ AV2‬ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪AV2‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‬

‫‪16:9‬ﯾﺎ ‪4:3‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭ‬

‫• ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ B‬ﺑﯿﻦ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫• ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﯾﮏ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﺰﻧﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪A‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﯾﺎ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺑﺒﺮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ C‬ﯾﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﯿﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ‪ D‬ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪122 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.14.7‬ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﯾﮑﯽ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬

‫ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ‪) DC/DC‬ﺑﺎ‪/‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﻮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ( ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰﺍﺗﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪﺭﺍﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﯽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﮑﻨﺮ ﻭ ﻏﯿﺮﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﯿﺖ‪،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﯽ ﺷﺎﺳﯽ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ‪/‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺎﻟﻮﺍﻧﯿﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﯾﮑﯽ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﯽ ﺩﯼ ‪ /‬ﺭﺍﺩﯾﻮ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﯿﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﯾﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﯾﺮ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺐ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﮐﺖ )ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ( ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﯾﻪ‪ E-bar‬ﺭﻭﯼ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﺮﮐﯿﺐ ﺑﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ‪DC/DC‬‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ‪ DC/DC 48V/12V‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫‪48‬ﻭﻟﺖ ‪ 24 /‬ﻭﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﺮﮐﯿﺐ ﺑﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ‪DC/DC‬‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ‪ DC/DC 48V/24V‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪48‬ﻭﻟﺖ ‪ 12 /‬ﻭﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺒﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﺮﮐﯿﺐ ﺑﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ‪DC/DC‬‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ‪DC/DC 48V/12V‬‬
‫‪48‬ﻭﻟﺖ ‪ 24 /‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻮﮐﺖ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﺮﮐﯿﺐ ﺑﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ‪،DC/DC‬‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ‪DC/DC 48V/24V‬‬

‫‪48‬ﻭﻟﺖ ‪ 12 /‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻮﮐﺖ‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪123 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪4.14.8‬ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬

‫ﺟﺪﺍﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥﺍﺳﭙﯿﺴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺑﯿﺮﻭﻥﺯﺩﮔﯽ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﯼ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻔﯿﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺞ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﮐﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺑﯿﺸﺘﺮﯼ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﯼﻗﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﯼ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻔﺴﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ 100 ،50 :‬ﻭ ‪ 120‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﯾﺪﺍﺭﯼ ﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﯽ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ!‬

‫‪600‬‬

‫‪650‬‬
‫‪50‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫‪80‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪124 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﯼ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬

‫ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﺗﮑﯿﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﮔﻦ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ ﭘﺎﯾﺪﺍﺭﯼ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺯﯾﺎﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﮑﯿﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪125 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﯿﮑﯽ‬

‫ﺍﺯﻧﻤﺎﯾﻪ ‪ E-bar‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺮﯾﻊ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺍﺧﺘﯿﺎﺭﯼ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰﺍﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﯿﻮﺗﺮﯼ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﮑﻨﺮ‪،‬ﺗﺒﻠﺖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﺎﺭﯼ ﻭ ﻏﯿﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥﻫﺎﯼ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﯼ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﯿﻞ ‪ E-bar‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﯿﻦ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪126 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﮐﭙﺴﻮﻝﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﮐﭙﺴﻮﻝ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﯼ ﻫﻤﯿﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻔﯿﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﭙﺴﻮﻝ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﯾﭗﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬

‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﯼﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﯾﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ‬ ‫‪EN3‬‬ ‫‪2‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫‪ABC‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﯼﺯﯾﺮ‬ ‫‪ ANSI/UL299‬ﻭ ‪ANSI/UL711‬‬ ‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‪ABC 2‬‬ ‫ﺍﯾﺎﻻﺕﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺁﻣﺮﯾﮑﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕﺁﻣﺮﯾﮑﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ= ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﻏﺬ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﻮﺍ ﻭ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﯿﮏ‪.‬‬

‫‪.‬ﺳﯿﺎﻻﺕﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﯾﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺰﯾﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻔﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﯾﺲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‪ .‬ﺝ = ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﯾﮑﯽﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺮﯾﺰﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺮﻕ = ‪B‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪127 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪128 -4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪-5‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫‪5.1‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﯼ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﯾﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﭘﯿﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﯼ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻇﯿﻔﻪ ﺍﯼ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺯﯾﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﯿﻢﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫– ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ–ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ )‪ (100-1‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ ﻭﯾﮋﮔﯽ ﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﯾﮏﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﯾﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ‪ 10‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫– ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ–ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ )ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ (1000-101‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‪/‬ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺩﯾﮕﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫– ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ– )ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ .(1250-1001‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺧﺎﺹ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ‬
‫– ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﺍﺳﯿﻮﻥ– )ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ (1500-1251‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻟﯿﺒﺮﺍﺳﯿﻮﻥﺷﯿﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻏﯿﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﯾﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﯾﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﯾﮏ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎﺍﮔﺮ ﯾﮏ ﮐﻠﯿﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ‪ CAN‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﯾﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﯾﮏ ﮐﻠﯿﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ‪ CAN‬ﯾﺎ ‪ PDA/PC‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﻓﻘﻂﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﯾﮏ ‪ PDA/PC‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﯿﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﯼ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪5.2‬ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ‪/‬ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪14.6‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-1‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪5.3‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪5.3.1‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﺍﺟﻤﺎﻟﯽ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﺸﺮﻭﯼﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﺳﺮﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﺤﺮﮎ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﺳﺮﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ‪ Ergo‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﮐﻒﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺗﺴﺖ ‪1‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺗﺴﺖ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺗﺴﺖ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺗﺴﺖ ‪4‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-2‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪5.3.2‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﯾﮏ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﻤﯿﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ‬
‫‪1-10‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪11-20‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪21-30‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪31-40‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪41-50‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪51-60‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪61-70‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪71-80‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪90 -81‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪100 -91‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-3‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪5.3.3‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ - 1‬ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﯿﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 10‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎﯼ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ 1 .‬ﮐﻤﺘﺮﯾﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ‪ 10‬ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﯾﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺉﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺱ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪v‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺣﺮﮐﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﻠﺰﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ‪،‬‬

‫ﺧﺮﮔﻮﺵ‪:‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ‪، v:‬ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ‪s:‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﯾﮏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﯾﺎ ﺯﯾﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﯿﻠﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﯾﺎ ﺑﯽ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﯾﺎ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﯾﮏ ﺣﻠﺰﻭﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂﯾﮏ ﺧﺮﮔﻮﺵ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪1‬ﻟﯿﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2570‬‬ ‫‪1285‬‬ ‫‪257‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-4‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2561‬‬ ‫‪2305‬‬ ‫‪2049‬‬ ‫‪1793‬‬ ‫‪1537‬‬ ‫‪1281‬‬ ‫‪1025‬‬ ‫‪769‬‬ ‫‪513‬‬ ‫‪257‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2562‬‬ ‫‪2306‬‬ ‫‪2050‬‬ ‫‪1794‬‬ ‫‪1538‬‬ ‫‪1282‬‬ ‫‪1026‬‬ ‫‪770‬‬ ‫‪514‬‬ ‫‪258‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2563‬‬ ‫‪2307‬‬ ‫‪2051‬‬ ‫‪1795‬‬ ‫‪1539‬‬ ‫‪1283‬‬ ‫‪1027‬‬ ‫‪771‬‬ ‫‪515‬‬ ‫‪259‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2564‬‬ ‫‪2308‬‬ ‫‪2052‬‬ ‫‪1796‬‬ ‫‪1540‬‬ ‫‪1284‬‬ ‫‪1028‬‬ ‫‪772‬‬ ‫‪516‬‬ ‫‪260‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2565‬‬ ‫‪2309‬‬ ‫‪2053‬‬ ‫‪1797‬‬ ‫‪1541‬‬ ‫‪1285‬‬ ‫‪1029‬‬ ‫‪773‬‬ ‫‪517‬‬ ‫‪261‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪2566‬‬ ‫‪2310‬‬ ‫‪2054‬‬ ‫‪1798‬‬ ‫‪1542‬‬ ‫‪1286‬‬ ‫‪1030‬‬ ‫‪774‬‬ ‫‪518‬‬ ‫‪262‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪2567‬‬ ‫‪2311‬‬ ‫‪2055‬‬ ‫‪1799‬‬ ‫‪1543‬‬ ‫‪1287‬‬ ‫‪1031‬‬ ‫‪775‬‬ ‫‪519‬‬ ‫‪263‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪2568‬‬ ‫‪2312‬‬ ‫‪2056‬‬ ‫‪1800‬‬ ‫‪1544‬‬ ‫‪1288‬‬ ‫‪1032‬‬ ‫‪776‬‬ ‫‪520‬‬ ‫‪264‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪2569‬‬ ‫‪2313‬‬ ‫‪2057‬‬ ‫‪1801‬‬ ‫‪1545‬‬ ‫‪1289‬‬ ‫‪1033‬‬ ‫‪777‬‬ ‫‪521‬‬ ‫‪265‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪2570‬‬ ‫‪2314‬‬ ‫‪2058‬‬ ‫‪1802‬‬ ‫‪1546‬‬ ‫‪1290‬‬ ‫‪1034‬‬ ‫‪778‬‬ ‫‪522‬‬ ‫‪266‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﯽ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﯾﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫–‬
‫ﭼﯿﺰﯼﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ "ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮐﻢ = ‪ "10‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪255‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﺎﺯﺧﻮﺍﻧﯽ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ‪TruckCom‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ‪ TruckCom‬ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﯾﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮐﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﺎﺕﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﯼ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺣﻠﺰﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺮﮔﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪1538‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﯾﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮐﻢ = ‪ 2‬ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ = ‪ 6‬ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-5‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ - 3 ،2‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ‬

‫ﺍﯾﻦﺩﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ‪ 2‬ﻭ ‪ ٪100 ،3‬ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﺳﺮﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﺤﺮﮎ‬
‫‪10‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﺳﺮﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‬
‫‪10‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﻧﻤﺎﯾﻪ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ »‪ «1‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﯼ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ »‪ «2‬ﺭﻭﯼ ‪ 80‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ »‪«2‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ »‪ «12‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﯼ ‪ 70‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺑﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ 8.8‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ "‪"1‬‬

‫• ‪ 7.7‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫»‪ «2‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﯿﺰ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﯿﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻫﻤﯿﺸﻪ ﮐﻤﺘﺮﯾﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﯼ ﮐﻪ ﯾﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‪ 4‬ﻭ ‪ - 5‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ‪ /‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬

‫ﺍﯾﻦﺩﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ‪ /‬ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﯽ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺗﺮﯼ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺎﯾﯽﮐﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﯾﺎ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻧﯿﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫‪10‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪10‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ - 6‬ﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ‬

‫ﺍﯾﻦﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﮐﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ )ﻣﺪﻝ ‪ (E‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ‪ Ergo‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺞ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻣﯿﻠﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪10000‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬ ‫‪500‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﮐﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 1104‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﮐﺞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-6‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪.355‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺸﮕﺮ ﺷﯿﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺩﺭ ‪ ،CID‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 514‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-7‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪5.4‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ‬

‫‪5.4.1‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﺍﺟﻤﺎﻟﯽ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ‬ ‫‪101‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪104‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪1‬‬ ‫‪105‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪106‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ‬ ‫‪107‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﯿﺖﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪108‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪109‬‬

‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ‪X‬‬ ‫‪110‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ‪Y‬‬ ‫‪111‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪112‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖﺷﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫‪113‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﮕﻮﯼﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﯼ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪X131:23 – 1‬‬ ‫‪114‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﮕﻮﯼﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﯼ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪X131:36 – 2‬‬ ‫‪115‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺩﺭﺍﯾﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺳﺮﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪116‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪117‬‬
‫ﺯﻧﮓﺣﻀﻮﺭ ‪ MEWP‬ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﯾﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪118‬‬

‫‪5.4.2‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ – 101/104‬ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ‪/‬ﺧﺮﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5000‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ‬ ‫‪101‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﯿﻘﻪ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪104‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪101‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ B‬ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺯﺍﯾﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻧﮓ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺁﯾﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ 2:005 ،‬ﺭﻭﯼ ‪ CID‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﭙﺮﯼ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺧﺮﯾﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮﻧﯿﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﯽ ﺍﯾﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﯼ "‪ "0‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﯿﭻ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺴﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖﺳﻨﺞ ‪ CID‬ﻓﯿﻠﺪ "‪ "S‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪ -‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪104‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﻗﯿﻘﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ "‪ "0‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-8‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪) 105/106/114/115/117‬ﺁﮊﯾﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺗﯽ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪(2‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﯽ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ‪ MCU‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﯾﮑﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﯿﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺯﻧﮓ ﻭ ﯾﮑﯽ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲﻭ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﯼ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﯼ ﭘﯿﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﯼ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ"ﺯﻧﮓ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ "1‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 1108‬ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ "ﺯﻧﮓ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ "2‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ 1112‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪1‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪105‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪2‬‬

‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪106‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﮕﻮﯼﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﯼ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪1‬‬

‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪255‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪114‬‬
‫– ‪X131:23‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﮕﻮﯼﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﯼ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪2‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪255‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪115‬‬
‫– ‪X131:36‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪117‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﺯﻧﮓ‪MEWP‬‬ ‫‪118‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪105‬ﺑﯿﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪) 1‬ﺁﮊﯾﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ ،X131:23‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺁﯾﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﯾﭗﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪1‬ﺗﻦ ﭘﺎﻟﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬ﭘﺎﻟﺲ ﺗﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪106‬ﺑﯿﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪) 2‬ﻻﻣﭗ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪،X131:36‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﯾﭗﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪1‬ﻓﻼﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬ﻓﻠﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-9‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪114‬ﺍﻟﮕﻮﯼ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﯼ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ X131:23 – 1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﯿﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪115‬ﺍﻟﮕﻮﯼ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﯼ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ X131:36 – 2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﯿﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﯼﮐﻪ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ 1‬ﯾﺎ ‪ 2‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﺤﺮﮎ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬

‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‬

‫‪16‬‬ ‫ﮐﺞﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬

‫‪32‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﺮﺳﯿﺪ‬

‫‪64‬‬ ‫ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ‬
‫‪128‬‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﯿﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﺤﺮﮎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺮ‪ 1‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺮﯾﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧﮓ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺮ‪ 2‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 114‬ﺭﻭﯼ ‪ 3 = 2 + 1‬ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 115‬ﺭﻭﯼ ‪ 4‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪.12 = 8 +‬‬

‫ﺳﻔﺮﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻧﮓﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫‪1112‬‬ ‫‪1108‬‬ ‫‪115‬‬ ‫‪114‬‬ ‫‪106‬‬ ‫‪105‬‬

‫‪0/1‬‬ ‫‪1-255‬‬ ‫‪0/1/2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪0/1‬‬ ‫‪1-255‬‬ ‫‪0/1/2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪117‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﯾﭗﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻦﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭﯼ‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻟﺲﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺾﯾﮏ ﺗﻦ‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ‪ 110‬ﻭ ‪ 111‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-10‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ – 107/108‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ‬ ‫‪107‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﯿﺖﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ‬
‫‪%‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪108‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪107‬ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﯾﻦﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﯾﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪ ﺑﯿﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ‬

‫• ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪ ﺑﯿﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﯾﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﯿﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‪RRE140 – 160:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‪RRE180 – 250:‬‬
‫‪465‬ﺁﻩ‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫–‬
‫‪620Ah‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫‪775‬ﺁﻩ‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪930Ah‬‬ ‫–‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﯾﺪﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻣﯿﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺯﯾﺮﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪:‬‬

‫• ﭼﮕﺎﻟﯽ ﺍﺳﯿﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﯿﻔﯿﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ‪ .‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ 1.29-1.27‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﯽ ﺍﺳﯿﺪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﯿﻦ ﻣﺎﺭﮎ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﯿﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ )ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺗﺎ ‪ 80‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﯾﺪﻧﺰﺩﯾﮏ ﺑﻪ ‪ 1.14‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﻫﺎﯾﯽﮐﻪ ﺗﻬﻮﯾﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﻬﻮﯾﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﯾﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﯿﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻄﺮ!‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 107‬ﺧﯿﻠﯽ ﺯﯾﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪107‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﯽﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 107‬ﻧﯿﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺯﯾﺮ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻪﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-11‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻬﻮﯾﻪﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﯼ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ )‪ %0‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﯾﻦ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﯾﺎ ﺩﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﻧﺪﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﺳﯿﺪﯼ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﯼ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﺳﯿﺪ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1.15‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،3‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﯾﺪﮐﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﯽ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1.15‬ﮔﺮﻡ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﻣﺘﺮ‪3‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺳﯿﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﯾﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﯾﮏ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﯾﯿﺪ ﺟﺪﯾﺪﯼ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-12‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ )‪(VRLA‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻪﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 107‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺭﻓﻠﮑﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﻫﺎﯼ ‪Evolution‬‬
‫‪ ،Hawker‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺷﺶ )‪ (6‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻄﺮ!‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 107‬ﺧﯿﻠﯽ ﺯﯾﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪107‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﯽﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 107‬ﻧﯿﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺯﯾﺮ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻪﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻭﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ‪ 48‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﯾﮏ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﯾﺪ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪ V.‬ﯾﺎ ‪2.02 V/cell 48.48‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎﯼ ﺯﯾﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﯿﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﺄﯾﯿﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﯼ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﺪ )‪ ٪0‬ﺭﻭﯼ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ(‪.‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﯾﻦ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﯾﺎ ﺩﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﻧﺪﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ‪ 20+‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ U‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪﭘﺎﯾﺎﻥ‪) ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝﺯﯾﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺑﺎﯾﺪﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﯽ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ U‬ﺍﺳﺖﭘﺎﯾﺎﻥﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺳﯿﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﯾﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﯿﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ‬
‫ﺗﺮﯼﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﯿﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﻤﯽ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪.5‬ﻫﺮ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﯾﯿﺪ ﺟﺪﯾﺪﯼ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪U‬ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ‬

‫‪48.48 V‬‬ ‫‪Hawker Evolution‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-13‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪108‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﯿﺎﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﯿﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ‪CID‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽﮐﻪ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ ‪ ٪70‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ‪ CID 0٪‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺩﯾﮕﺮﯼ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﯾﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﯾﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ‪ 30 -‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ – ‪ %50‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ – 109/110/111/112‬ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ًﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮﯾﮏ ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﯼ ﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻩ ‪ CAN‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭼﯿﺰﯼ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪،‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﯾﮏ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﯿﺮﻭﯼ ﻣﻌﯿﻨﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ‪ 110‬ﻭ ‪111‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﯾﮏ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻔﺴﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺧﺰﺵﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺷﻨﯿﺪﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﺪ ﺧﻄﺎ ‪ 2:106‬ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 117‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺧﯿﺮ ﺛﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﯾﺖ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﮐﺪ ﭘﯿﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻃﺮﯾﻖ‪ TruckCom‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﯿﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﯾﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﯾﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪109‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﯼﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪110‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ‪) X‬ﺟﻠﻮ‪/‬ﻋﻘﺐ(‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪111‬‬
‫‪) Y‬ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‪/‬ﭼﭗ(‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪112‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪109‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﯾﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﺧﯿﺮ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﺫﺧﯿﺮﻩﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺨﭽﻪﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ‪BDI‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-14‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪110/111‬ﺳﻄﺤﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ X-/Y‬ﺑﯿﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﯽ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﯾﻦﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫‪X:110/‬‬
‫|‬ ‫|‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺖ‬ ‫‪Y: 111‬‬

‫ﮐﻤﺘﺮﯾﻦﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ‬ ‫‪100‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ‪ X‬ﺣﺮﮐﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‪/‬ﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﺤﺮﮎ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ Y‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﯿﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﯼ ‪) 0‬ﺻﻔﺮ( ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ‪ TWIS‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﯾﺸﺎﺕﻋﻤﻠﯽ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 15‬ﯾﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺍﯾﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﯾﻂ ﻣﺤﻠﯽ ﻭ ﺳﺒﮏ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﯾﻦ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﯽ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪112‬ﺷﺮﺍﯾﻄﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﯿﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭﻫﺎﯼﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩﺑﺎ ﮐﺪ ﭘﯿﻦ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﮐﺪﭘﯿﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﯿﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫‪ ،Block: 10‬ﻧﻤﺎﯾﻪ‪ 1 :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-15‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪) 113‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺎﻧﺖ(‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ‪ 016-‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪ MCU2A‬ﻭ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ‪ 005-‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪ ،MCU2B‬ﺣﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺭﯾﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﯼ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺩﺭ ‪ 20‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯿﮕﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﻨﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﯿﻠﯽ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ MCU ،‬ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﯿﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﯽ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﯼ ﺳﺮﯾﻌﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺁﯾﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defau‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖﺷﻨﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪) BDI‬‬
‫‪/280‬‬
‫‪Ωμ‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1000‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﯽ ﺷﻨﺖ‬ ‫‪113‬‬
‫‪335‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﯼﺭﯾﻞ ﻣﺴﯽ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ B :‬ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ‪ 280‬ﻭ ‪ E‬ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ‪Ωµ 335‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-16‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪) 116‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺳﺮﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ(‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defau‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺩﺭﺍﯾﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺳﺮﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪116‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺩﺭﺍﯾﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﯾﺮ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ‪ 2.5‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪ 0‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﯾﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﯾﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 1‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﯾﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﯽﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ 2.5 .‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 1105‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪202‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺩﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-17‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪5.5‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺳﻔﺮ‬

‫‪5.5.1‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﺍﺟﻤﺎﻟﯽ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫‪201‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﺰﯾﺪﻥ‪ 2.5 .‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫‪202‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻧﯿﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ 4‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫‪203‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﯾﻤﻨﯽ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ‪ 1.3‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫‪204‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ 1‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪X131:17‬‬ ‫‪205‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ 2‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪X131:31‬‬ ‫‪206‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ 3‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪X131:4‬‬ ‫‪207‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺧﺰﯾﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬ ‫‪208‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ‪ ،P210 ،‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪209‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‪P209 ،‬‬ ‫‪210‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ‪ ،P212 ،‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪211‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ‪P211 ،‬‬ ‫‪212‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺩﺍﺉﻤﯽ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬ ‫‪213‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬ ‫‪214‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ OTP‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﯿﻪ‬ ‫‪215‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ OTP‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪216‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ OTP‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻥ‬
‫‪217‬‬

‫‪5.5.2‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ - 201‬ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ 201‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﯾﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﺪﯼ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎﯼﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﯾﻦ ﻧﯿﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫ﻧﯿﺮﻭﯼﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫‪%‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪201‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖﺣﺮﮐﺖ‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-18‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‪ - 202/203/204‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﯾﻦﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ًﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﯾﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﺰﯾﺪﻥ‪2.5 .‬‬
‫‪202‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻧﯿﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ 4‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪%‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪203‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﯾﻤﻨﯽ ‪1.3‬‬
‫‪204‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺧﺰﯾﺪﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﯼ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2.5‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﯿﻢﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺗﺮﯾﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﻧﯿﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﯾﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )‬
‫ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ 4‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺍﯾﻤﻨﯽ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﯼ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1.3‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‪ - 205/206/207‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‬

‫ﺑﻪﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ 1‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ‬
‫‪205‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ‪X131:17‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ 2‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ‬
‫‪%‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪206‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ‪X131:31‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ‪ 3‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ‬
‫‪207‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ‪X131:4‬‬

‫ﺍﯾﻦﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﯾﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ﺍﺯ ﭘﯿﺶ ﺗﻌﺮﯾﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﯼ‪ MCU‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮔﯿﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ )‪ 14 = (٪100‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ‪ 48‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﯾﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ‪ 361/362/363/364/365/355‬ﻭ‪/‬ﯾﺎ ‪395/396/397‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺐﮐﺮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﯾﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‪/‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻭ‪/‬ﯾﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-19‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ - 208‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺍﯾﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺣﺬﻑ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺮﯼ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺯ ﺍﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ '‪ '0‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﯾﻦﻭﯾﮋﮔﯽ ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defau‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺧﺰﺵ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪208‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )‪ 1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ(‬

‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝﺷﺪ‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ - 209/210‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﯾﮏ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻣﻌﯿﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺟﻔﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ ،209/210‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﯾﮏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﯿﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮔﯿﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪15000‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪209‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﯿﻠﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫‪0.1‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﯾﮏ‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪140‬‬ ‫‪140‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪210‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﻣﻌﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫‪P209‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ‪P210 ،‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫‪15000 -1‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-20‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ - 211/212‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﯿﺎﺑﯽﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺟﻔﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ ،211/212‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯﯾﮏ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﯿﻦ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪840‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪211‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﯿﺪ‬
‫ﻣﯿﻠﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫‪0.1‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪140‬‬ ‫‪140‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪212‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽﻣﻌﯿﻦ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫‪P211‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ‪P212 ،‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺍﺯ "ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﯽ ﺗﺮﯾﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ" ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﯿﺪ‬ ‫‪840 -1‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺳﻔﺮ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ - 213‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺉﻢ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‬

‫ﺍﺯﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 213‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺩﺍﺉﻤﯽ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫‪0.1‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪140‬‬ ‫‪140‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪213‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻣﯿﻮﻥ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ - 214‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫ﺍﺯﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 214‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ‪ 4‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﯾﻦﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫‪0.1‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪214‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﯽﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬

‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺳﻔﺮ = ‪ 8‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﺳﻔﺮ = ‪ 4‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-21‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ - 215/216/217‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ OTP‬ﻭ ﺯﻭﺍﯾﺎﯼ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬

‫ﻭﭘﺎﯾﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ 215‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﯿﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 216‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ 217‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ OTP‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪215‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪﻥ‪،‬ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﯿﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ OTP‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪216‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪﻥ‪،‬ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻥ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ OTP‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪140‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪﻥ‪،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪217‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬

‫* ‪10‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪22 -5‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪5.6‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺳﺮﻭﯾﺲ‪ ،‬ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ‬

‫‪5.6.1‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﺍﺟﻤﺎﻟﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪1‬‬ ‫‪301‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪302‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪303‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪4‬‬ ‫‪304‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،1‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬
‫‪305‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،2‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬

‫‪306‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،3‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬

‫‪307‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،4‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬

‫‪308‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،1‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬

‫‪309‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،2‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬

‫‪310‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،3‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬

‫‪311‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،4‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬

‫‪312‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،1‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺩﺭ ‪ P301‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪313‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،2‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺩﺭ ‪ P302‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪314‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،3‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺩﺭ ‪ P303‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪315‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،4‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺩﺭ ‪ P304‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪316‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،1‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪317‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،2‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪318‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،3‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪319‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،4‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪320‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،1‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪321‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،2‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪322‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،3‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪323‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،4‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪324‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،1‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪325‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،2‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪326‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،3‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪327‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،4‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪328‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،1‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪329‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،2‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪330‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،3‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪331‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-23‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،4‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪332‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪5‬‬ ‫‪333‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،5‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬
‫‪334‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،5‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬

‫‪335‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،5‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺩﺭ ‪ P333‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪336‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،5‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪337‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،5‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪338‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،5‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪339‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،5‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .B‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪340‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫‪341‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ‬ ‫‪342‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ‬ ‫‪343‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻫﺶﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﮐﻒ‬ ‫‪344‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫‪345‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢﺭﻣﭗ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ‬ ‫‪346‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﯼ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﯿﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﯾﺰﯼ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮﯼ‬
‫‪347‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﯼ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﯾﺰﯼ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮﯼ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬ ‫‪348‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪349‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪﮐﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫‪350‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬ ‫‪351‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺟﻬﺖ‬ ‫‪352‬‬
‫ﺷﯿﺐﮐﺎﺑﯿﻦ ‪ Ergo‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ‬ ‫‪355‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪﻓﻌﺎﻝ )ﺯﻣﺎﻥ(‬ ‫‪356‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪﻓﻌﺎﻝ )ﻗﺪﺭﺕ(‬ ‫‪357‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‬
‫‪358‬‬
‫ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕﺑﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ‬ ‫‪359‬‬
‫ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﯼ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ‬ ‫‪360‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ‪ ،1‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪X131:17‬‬ ‫‪361‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ‪ ،2‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪X131:31‬‬ ‫‪362‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ‪ ،3‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪X131:4‬‬ ‫‪363‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ ،1‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪X131:17‬‬ ‫‪364‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ ،2‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪X131:31‬‬ ‫‪365‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ ،3‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪X131:4‬‬ ‫‪366‬‬
‫ﮐﻤﺘﺮﯾﻦﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫‪367‬‬
‫ﺷﯿﻔﺖﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻤﺘﺮﯾﻦﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺷﺎﺧﮏ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺷﯿﻔﺖ‬
‫‪368‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪،‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﭘﯿﺶﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ :‬ﺷﯿﺐ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬ ‫‪369‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﺶﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ :‬ﺷﯿﺐ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﯾﻪ‬ ‫‪370‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪24 -5‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﺶﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ :‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫‪371‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﺶﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ :‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ‬ ‫‪372‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫‪373‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ‬ ‫‪374‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﺶﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫‪375‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﺶﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ‬ ‫‪376‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﺶﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬ ‫‪377‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﭘﯿﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﯼ ‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺧﺼﯽ‬ ‫‪378‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﺶﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ :‬ﺗﺸﺨﯿﺺ ﺑﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪379‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ‪1‬‬ ‫‪380‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪381‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﯼﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ‪1‬‬ ‫‪387‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﯼﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪388‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ‪ 1‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪X131:17‬‬ ‫‪395‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ‪ 2‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪X131:31‬‬ ‫‪396‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ‪ 3‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﯼ ‪X131:4‬‬ ‫‪397‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﮕﻮﯼﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﯼ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﯿﻞ‬ ‫‪398‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﯾﺖﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﯾﻞ‬ ‫‪399‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-25‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫‪5.6.2‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‪ - 301/302/303/304/333‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫ﺍﯾﻦﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defa‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫‪ult‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪63‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪1‬‬ ‫‪301‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪63‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪302‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪63‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪303‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪63‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪4‬‬ ‫‪304‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪63‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪5‬‬ ‫‪333‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﯿﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﯾﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬

‫–‬ ‫‪Q18‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪Q12‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪Q14‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫–‬ ‫(‪Q15 )Q115‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺑﯿﻦ ﺩﺭﯾﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫‪Q8/Q9‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Q115‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪ 0‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﯾﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ Q8/Q9‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 1‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﯾﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ‪ Q18‬ﻭ ‪ Q8/Q9‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺷﯿﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ Q8/Q9 .‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺭﺍﺉﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭ ‪ Q18‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪ 16+1 = 17‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﯾﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ‪ Q18‬ﻭ ‪ Q8/Q9‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ‪ Q8/Q9‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ‪ .‬ﺍﯾﻦ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮑﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺍﯾﺠﺎﺩﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 1007‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﯿﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﯼﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﯾﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺯﯾﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-26‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪27 -5‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬

‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬
‫ﺷﯿﺐ)‪ 3‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ(‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬

‫‪Q8/Q9 =0‬‬ ‫‪TILT‬‬

‫‪Q9/Q8 =16‬‬

‫ﺷﯿﺐﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ )‪ 4‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ(‬

‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪SIDE SHIFT‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺭﺳﯿﺪﻥ‬

‫‪Q8/Q9 + Q18 =1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪Q18‬‬
‫‪Q9/Q8 + Q18 =17‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪TILT‬‬
‫‪B2‬‬ ‫‪A2‬‬ ‫‪B1‬‬ ‫‪A1‬‬
‫‪150‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬
‫ﺷﯿﺐﻭ ﯾﮏ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ )‪ 4‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ(‬
‫‪Q14‬‬
‫‪28 -5‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬ ‫‪A2‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫‪B2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬ ‫‪Q7‬‬ ‫‪Q6‬‬ ‫‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪Q8‬‬

‫‪Q8/Q9 + Q14 =4‬‬ ‫‪TILT‬‬ ‫‪Q12‬‬

‫‪Q9/Q8 + Q14 =20‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬

‫‪A1‬‬
‫‪Q8/Q9 + Q12 =2‬‬ ‫‪B1‬‬
‫‪Q9/Q8 + Q12 =18‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮﻩﺷﻠﻨﮓ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬ ‫‪250‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺷﯿﺐﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ )‪ 5‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ(‬

‫‪Q15‬‬
‫‪5 Q9/Q8 + Q14 + Q18 =21‬‬
‫= ‪Q8/Q9 + Q14 + Q18‬‬ ‫‪A3‬‬ ‫ﺗﯽ‬
‫ﺷﯿﺐﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ )‪6‬ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ(‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫‪B3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪Q14‬‬ ‫ﻡ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪Q8/Q9 + Q15 =8‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫‪Q9/Q8 + Q15 =24‬‬ ‫‪A2‬‬
‫‪SIDE SHIFT‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫‪Q8/Q9 + Q14 =4‬‬ ‫‪TILT‬‬ ‫‪B2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q18‬‬ ‫‪Q9/Q8 + Q14 =20‬‬ ‫‪Q12‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪A1‬‬

‫‪TILT‬‬
‫‪Q8/Q9 + Q12 =2‬‬ ‫‪B1‬‬
‫‪Q9/Q8 + Q12 =18‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮﻩﻫﺎﯼ ﺷﻠﻨﮓ‬
‫‪© TMHE‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﯿﺪﺭﻭﻟﯿﮏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‪ - 305/306/307/308/334‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬
‫ﺍﯾﻦﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺷﯿﺮ)ﻫﺎﯾﯽ( ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ‪- 301‬‬
‫‪ 333 / 304‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ‪ ،Q8‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ A‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻠﻮﮎ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺁﯾﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defau‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 1‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.A‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‪.‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪) Q8‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100/82‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪305‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪ 82‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ‬
‫(‪RRE250‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 2‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.A‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100/82‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪306‬‬
‫)ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 82‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪ RRE250‬ﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 3‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.A‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪75/62‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪307‬‬
‫)ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 62‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪ RRE250‬ﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 4‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.A‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100/82‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪308‬‬
‫)ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 82‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪ RRE250‬ﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 5‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.A‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100/82‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪334‬‬
‫)ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 82‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪ RRE250‬ﺍﺳﺖ(‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‪ - 309/310/311/312/355‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬
‫ﺍﯾﻦﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺷﯿﺮ)ﻫﺎﯾﯽ( ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ‪- 301‬‬
‫‪ 333 / 304‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ‪ ،Q9‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ B‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻠﻮﮎ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺁﯾﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defau‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 1‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.A‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‪.‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪) Q9‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100/82‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪309‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪ 82‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ‬
‫(‪RRE250‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 2‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.B‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100/82‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪310‬‬
‫)ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 82‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪ RRE250‬ﺍﺳﺖ(‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-29‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defau‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 3‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.B‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪75/62‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪311‬‬
‫)ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 62‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪ RRE250‬ﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 4‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.B‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100/82‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪312‬‬
‫)ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 82‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪ RRE250‬ﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 5‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.B‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100/82‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪335‬‬
‫)ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 82‬ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ‪ RRE250‬ﺍﺳﺖ(‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-30‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‪ – 313/314/315/316/336‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‬

‫ﺍﯾﻦﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ )ﻫﺎﯾﯽ( ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‬
‫‪ 333 / 304 -301‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defau‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،1‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺮﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 301‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪313‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،2‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺮﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 302‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪314‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،3‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺮﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 303‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪315‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،4‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺮﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 304‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪316‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،5‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﺷﯿﺮﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 333‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪336‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‪ - 317/318/319/320/337‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺷﯿﺮ‪Q8‬‬
‫ﺍﯾﻦﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺷﯿﺮ)ﻫﺎﯾﯽ( ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ‪- 301‬‬
‫‪ 333 / 304‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ‪ ،Q8‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ A‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻠﻮﮎ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺁﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defau‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،1‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪A‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪.‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪317‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،2‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪A‬‬

‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪104‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪.‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪318‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،3‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪A‬‬

‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪.‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪319‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،4‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.A‬‬

‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪320‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،5‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪A‬‬

‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪.‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬ ‫‪337‬‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-31‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ)ﻫﺎ(‪RRE140/160/180/200/250:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﯾﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪-6070557:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﯾﺦ‪2016-10-24:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻧﺸﺮﯾﻪ‪7510399-040:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‪ - 321/322/323/324/338‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺷﯿﺮ‪Q9‬‬
‫ﺍﯾﻦﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺷﯿﺮ)ﻫﺎﯾﯽ( ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ ‪- 301‬‬
‫‪ 333 / 304‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ‪ ،Q9‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ B‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻠﻮﮎ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺁﯾﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defau‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،1‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪B‬‬
‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪47‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪.‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪321‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،2‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪B‬‬

‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪83‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪.‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪322‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،3‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪B‬‬

‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪47‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪.‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪323‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،4‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.B‬‬

‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪324‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ ،5‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪B‬‬

‫–‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪.‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﯾﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q9‬‬ ‫‪338‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‪ - 325/326/327/328/339‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺷﯿﺮ‬

‫‪Q8‬‬
‫ﺍﯾﻦﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪ Q8‬ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﯼ‪ 333 / 304 - 301‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﮑﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ (‪ XX )xxyy‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﯾﺴﯽ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ (‪ YY )xxyy‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺍﯾﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﯾﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﯿﻦ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ 0 ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﯾﺶ‬ ‫‪Defau‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭ‪.‬ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ment‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 1‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.A‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪9999‬‬ ‫‪0505‬‬ ‫‪101‬‬ ‫‪325‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬
‫‪20‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 2‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.A‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪9999‬‬ ‫‪0505‬‬ ‫‪101‬‬ ‫‪326‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬
‫‪20‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 3‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.A‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪9999‬‬ ‫‪0505‬‬ ‫‪101‬‬ ‫‪327‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬
‫‪20‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺷﯿﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 4‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ .A‬ﺑﺎﺯ‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪9999‬‬ ‫‪0505‬‬ ‫‪101‬‬ ‫‪328‬‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ‪Q8‬‬
‫‪20‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪ 5‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪.A‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪9999‬‬ ‫‪0505‬‬ ‫‪101‬‬ ‫‪339‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥﺑﺎﺯ‪/‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﯿﺮ ‪Q8‬‬
‫‪20‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬

‫ﮐﺪ)ﻫﺎﯼ( ‪816 ،815:T‬‬ ‫‪5-32‬‬ ‫‪© TMHE‬‬